1 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 2 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 8 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 9 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 10 * 11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as 13 * published by the Free Software Foundation. 14 */ 15 16 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 17 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 18 #include <linux/list.h> 19 #include <linux/bug.h> 20 #include <linux/netlink.h> 21 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 22 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 23 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 24 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 25 #include <linux/net.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * 102 */ 103 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 104 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 106 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 114 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 116 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 117 }; 118 119 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 120 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 121 122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 123 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 124 125 /** 126 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 127 * 128 * This structure describes a single channel for use 129 * with cfg80211. 130 * 131 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 132 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 133 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 134 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 135 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 136 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 137 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 138 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 139 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 140 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 141 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 142 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 143 * @orig_mag: internal use 144 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 145 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 146 * on this channel. 147 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 148 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 149 */ 150 struct ieee80211_channel { 151 enum nl80211_band band; 152 u32 center_freq; 153 u16 hw_value; 154 u32 flags; 155 int max_antenna_gain; 156 int max_power; 157 int max_reg_power; 158 bool beacon_found; 159 u32 orig_flags; 160 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 161 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 162 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 163 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 164 }; 165 166 /** 167 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 168 * 169 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 170 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 171 * different bands/PHY modes. 172 * 173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 174 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 175 * with CCK rates. 176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 177 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 178 * core code when registering the wiphy. 179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 180 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 181 * core code when registering the wiphy. 182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 183 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 184 * core code when registering the wiphy. 185 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 187 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 188 */ 189 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 190 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 194 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 195 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 196 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 197 }; 198 199 /** 200 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 201 * 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 206 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 207 */ 208 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 211 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 212 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 213 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 214 }; 215 216 /** 217 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 218 * 219 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 221 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 222 */ 223 enum ieee80211_privacy { 224 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 225 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 226 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 227 }; 228 229 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 230 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 231 232 /** 233 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 234 * 235 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 236 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 237 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 238 * passed around. 239 * 240 * @flags: rate-specific flags 241 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 242 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 243 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 244 * short preamble is used 245 */ 246 struct ieee80211_rate { 247 u32 flags; 248 u16 bitrate; 249 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 250 }; 251 252 /** 253 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 254 * 255 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 256 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 257 * 258 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 259 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 260 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 261 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 262 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 263 */ 264 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 265 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 266 bool ht_supported; 267 u8 ampdu_factor; 268 u8 ampdu_density; 269 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 270 }; 271 272 /** 273 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 274 * 275 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 276 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 277 * 278 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 279 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 280 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 281 */ 282 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 283 bool vht_supported; 284 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 285 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 286 }; 287 288 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 289 290 /** 291 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 292 * 293 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 294 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 295 * 296 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 297 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 298 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 299 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 300 */ 301 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 302 bool has_he; 303 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 304 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 305 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 306 }; 307 308 /** 309 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 310 * 311 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 312 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 313 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 314 * 315 * @types_mask: interface types mask 316 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 317 */ 318 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 319 u16 types_mask; 320 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 321 }; 322 323 /** 324 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 325 * 326 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 327 * is able to operate in. 328 * 329 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 330 * in this band. 331 * @band: the band this structure represents 332 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 333 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 334 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 335 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 336 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 337 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 338 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 339 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 340 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 341 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 342 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 343 * iftype_data). 344 */ 345 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 346 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 347 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 348 enum nl80211_band band; 349 int n_channels; 350 int n_bitrates; 351 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 352 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 353 u16 n_iftype_data; 354 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 355 }; 356 357 /** 358 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 359 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 360 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 361 * 362 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 363 */ 364 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 365 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 366 u8 iftype) 367 { 368 int i; 369 370 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 371 return NULL; 372 373 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 374 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 375 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 376 377 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 378 return data; 379 } 380 381 return NULL; 382 } 383 384 /** 385 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 386 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 387 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 388 * 389 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 390 */ 391 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 392 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 393 u8 iftype) 394 { 395 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 396 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 397 398 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 399 return &data->he_cap; 400 401 return NULL; 402 } 403 404 /** 405 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 406 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 407 * 408 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 409 */ 410 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 411 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 412 { 413 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 414 } 415 416 /** 417 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 418 * 419 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 420 * 421 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 422 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 423 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 424 * 425 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 426 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 427 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 428 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 429 * without affecting other devices. 430 * 431 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 432 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 433 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 434 */ 435 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 436 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 437 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 438 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 439 { 440 } 441 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 442 443 444 /* 445 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 446 */ 447 448 /** 449 * DOC: Actions and configuration 450 * 451 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 452 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 453 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 454 * operations use are described separately. 455 * 456 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 457 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 458 * 459 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 460 * in a separate chapter. 461 */ 462 463 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 464 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 465 466 /** 467 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 468 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 469 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 470 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 471 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 472 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 473 * determine the address as needed. 474 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 475 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 476 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 477 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 478 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 479 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 480 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 481 */ 482 struct vif_params { 483 u32 flags; 484 int use_4addr; 485 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 486 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 487 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 488 }; 489 490 /** 491 * struct key_params - key information 492 * 493 * Information about a key 494 * 495 * @key: key material 496 * @key_len: length of key material 497 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 498 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 499 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 500 * length given by @seq_len. 501 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 502 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 503 */ 504 struct key_params { 505 const u8 *key; 506 const u8 *seq; 507 int key_len; 508 int seq_len; 509 u32 cipher; 510 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 511 }; 512 513 /** 514 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 515 * @chan: the (control) channel 516 * @width: channel width 517 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 518 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 519 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 520 */ 521 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 522 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 523 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 524 u32 center_freq1; 525 u32 center_freq2; 526 }; 527 528 /** 529 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 530 * @chandef: the channel definition 531 * 532 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 533 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 534 */ 535 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 536 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 537 { 538 switch (chandef->width) { 539 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 540 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 541 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 542 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 543 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 544 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 545 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 546 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 547 default: 548 WARN_ON(1); 549 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 550 } 551 } 552 553 /** 554 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 555 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 556 * @channel: the control channel 557 * @chantype: the channel type 558 * 559 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 560 */ 561 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 562 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 563 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 564 565 /** 566 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 567 * @chandef1: first channel definition 568 * @chandef2: second channel definition 569 * 570 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 571 * identical, %false otherwise. 572 */ 573 static inline bool 574 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 575 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 576 { 577 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 578 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 579 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 580 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 581 } 582 583 /** 584 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 585 * @chandef1: first channel definition 586 * @chandef2: second channel definition 587 * 588 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 589 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 590 */ 591 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 592 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 593 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 594 595 /** 596 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 597 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 598 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 599 */ 600 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 601 602 /** 603 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 604 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 605 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 606 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 607 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 608 */ 609 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 610 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 611 u32 prohibited_flags); 612 613 /** 614 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 615 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 616 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 617 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 618 * Returns: 619 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 620 */ 621 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 622 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 623 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 624 625 /** 626 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 627 * 628 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 629 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 630 * 631 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 632 * 633 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 634 */ 635 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 636 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 637 { 638 switch (chandef->width) { 639 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 640 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 641 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 642 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 643 default: 644 break; 645 } 646 return 0; 647 } 648 649 /** 650 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 651 * 652 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 653 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 654 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 655 * 656 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 657 * 658 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 659 */ 660 static inline int 661 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 662 { 663 switch (chandef->width) { 664 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 665 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 666 chandef->chan->max_power); 667 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 668 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 669 chandef->chan->max_power); 670 default: 671 break; 672 } 673 return chandef->chan->max_power; 674 } 675 676 /** 677 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 678 * 679 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 680 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 681 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 682 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 683 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 684 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 685 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 686 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 687 * 688 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 689 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 690 */ 691 enum survey_info_flags { 692 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 693 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 694 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 695 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 696 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 697 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 698 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 699 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 700 }; 701 702 /** 703 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 704 * 705 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 706 * record to report global statistics 707 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 708 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 709 * optional 710 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 711 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 712 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 713 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 714 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 715 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 716 * 717 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 718 * 719 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 720 * channel duty cycle etc. 721 */ 722 struct survey_info { 723 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 724 u64 time; 725 u64 time_busy; 726 u64 time_ext_busy; 727 u64 time_rx; 728 u64 time_tx; 729 u64 time_scan; 730 u32 filled; 731 s8 noise; 732 }; 733 734 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 735 736 /** 737 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 738 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 739 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 740 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 741 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 742 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 743 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 744 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 745 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 746 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 747 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 748 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 749 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 750 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 751 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 752 * protocol frames. 753 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 754 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 755 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 756 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 757 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 758 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 759 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 760 * offload) 761 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 762 */ 763 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 764 u32 wpa_versions; 765 u32 cipher_group; 766 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 767 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 768 int n_akm_suites; 769 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 770 bool control_port; 771 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 772 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 773 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 774 struct key_params *wep_keys; 775 int wep_tx_key; 776 const u8 *psk; 777 const u8 *sae_pwd; 778 u8 sae_pwd_len; 779 }; 780 781 /** 782 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 783 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 784 * or %NULL if not changed 785 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 786 * or %NULL if not changed 787 * @head_len: length of @head 788 * @tail_len: length of @tail 789 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 790 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 791 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 792 * frames or %NULL 793 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 794 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 795 * Response frames or %NULL 796 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 797 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 798 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 799 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 800 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 801 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 802 * (measurement type 8) 803 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 804 * Token (measurement type 11) 805 * @lci_len: LCI data length 806 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 807 */ 808 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 809 const u8 *head, *tail; 810 const u8 *beacon_ies; 811 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 812 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 813 const u8 *probe_resp; 814 const u8 *lci; 815 const u8 *civicloc; 816 s8 ftm_responder; 817 818 size_t head_len, tail_len; 819 size_t beacon_ies_len; 820 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 821 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 822 size_t probe_resp_len; 823 size_t lci_len; 824 size_t civicloc_len; 825 }; 826 827 struct mac_address { 828 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 829 }; 830 831 /** 832 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 833 * 834 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 835 * entry specified by mac_addr 836 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 837 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 838 */ 839 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 840 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 841 int n_acl_entries; 842 843 /* Keep it last */ 844 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 845 }; 846 847 /* 848 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 849 */ 850 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 851 struct { 852 u32 legacy; 853 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 854 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 855 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 856 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 857 }; 858 859 /** 860 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 861 * 862 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 863 * 864 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 865 */ 866 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 867 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 868 }; 869 870 /** 871 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 872 * 873 * Used to configure an AP interface. 874 * 875 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 876 * @beacon: beacon data 877 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 878 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 879 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 880 * user space) 881 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 882 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 883 * @crypto: crypto settings 884 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 885 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 886 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 887 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 888 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 889 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 890 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 891 * MAC address based access control 892 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 893 * networks. 894 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 895 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 896 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 897 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 898 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 899 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 900 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 901 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 902 */ 903 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 904 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 905 906 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 907 908 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 909 const u8 *ssid; 910 size_t ssid_len; 911 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 912 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 913 bool privacy; 914 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 915 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 916 int inactivity_timeout; 917 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 918 bool p2p_opp_ps; 919 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 920 bool pbss; 921 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 922 923 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 924 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 925 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 926 bool ht_required, vht_required; 927 bool twt_responder; 928 u32 flags; 929 }; 930 931 /** 932 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 933 * 934 * Used for channel switch 935 * 936 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 937 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 938 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 939 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 940 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 941 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 942 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 943 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 944 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 945 * @count: number of beacons until switch 946 */ 947 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 948 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 949 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 950 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 951 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 952 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 953 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 954 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 955 bool radar_required; 956 bool block_tx; 957 u8 count; 958 }; 959 960 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 961 962 /** 963 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 964 * 965 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 966 * 967 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 968 * to use for verification 969 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 970 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 971 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 972 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 973 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 974 * nl80211_iftype. 975 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 976 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 977 * the verification 978 */ 979 struct iface_combination_params { 980 int num_different_channels; 981 u8 radar_detect; 982 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 983 u32 new_beacon_int; 984 }; 985 986 /** 987 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 988 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 989 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 990 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 991 * 992 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 993 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 994 */ 995 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 996 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 997 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 998 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 999 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1000 }; 1001 1002 /** 1003 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1004 * 1005 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1006 * 1007 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1008 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1009 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1010 * power per-interface or per-station. 1011 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1012 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1013 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1014 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1015 * per peer TPC. 1016 */ 1017 struct sta_txpwr { 1018 s16 power; 1019 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1020 }; 1021 1022 /** 1023 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1024 * 1025 * Used to change and create a new station. 1026 * 1027 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1028 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1029 * (or NULL for no change) 1030 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1031 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1032 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1033 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1034 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1035 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1036 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1037 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1038 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1039 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1040 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1041 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1042 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1043 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1044 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1045 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1046 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1047 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1048 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1049 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1050 * to unknown) 1051 * @capability: station capability 1052 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1053 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1054 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1055 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1056 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1057 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1058 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1059 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1060 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1061 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1062 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1063 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1064 */ 1065 struct station_parameters { 1066 const u8 *supported_rates; 1067 struct net_device *vlan; 1068 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1069 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1070 int listen_interval; 1071 u16 aid; 1072 u16 peer_aid; 1073 u8 supported_rates_len; 1074 u8 plink_action; 1075 u8 plink_state; 1076 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1077 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1078 u8 uapsd_queues; 1079 u8 max_sp; 1080 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1081 u16 capability; 1082 const u8 *ext_capab; 1083 u8 ext_capab_len; 1084 const u8 *supported_channels; 1085 u8 supported_channels_len; 1086 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1087 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1088 u8 opmode_notif; 1089 bool opmode_notif_used; 1090 int support_p2p_ps; 1091 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1092 u8 he_capa_len; 1093 u16 airtime_weight; 1094 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1095 }; 1096 1097 /** 1098 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1099 * 1100 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1101 * 1102 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1103 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1104 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1105 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1106 */ 1107 struct station_del_parameters { 1108 const u8 *mac; 1109 u8 subtype; 1110 u16 reason_code; 1111 }; 1112 1113 /** 1114 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1115 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1116 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1117 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1118 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1119 * the AP MLME in the device 1120 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1121 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1122 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1123 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1124 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1125 * supported/used) 1126 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1127 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1128 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1129 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1130 */ 1131 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1132 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1133 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1134 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1135 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1136 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1137 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1138 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1139 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1140 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1141 }; 1142 1143 /** 1144 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1145 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1146 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1147 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1148 * 1149 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1150 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1151 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1152 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1153 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1154 */ 1155 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1156 struct station_parameters *params, 1157 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1158 1159 /** 1160 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1161 * 1162 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1163 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1164 * 1165 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1166 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1167 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1168 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS 1169 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1170 */ 1171 enum rate_info_flags { 1172 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1173 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1174 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1175 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G = BIT(3), 1176 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1177 }; 1178 1179 /** 1180 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1181 * 1182 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1183 * 1184 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1185 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1186 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1187 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1188 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1189 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1190 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1191 */ 1192 enum rate_info_bw { 1193 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1194 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1195 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1196 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1197 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1198 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1199 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1200 }; 1201 1202 /** 1203 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1204 * 1205 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1206 * 1207 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1208 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1209 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1210 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1211 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1212 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1213 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1214 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1215 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1216 */ 1217 struct rate_info { 1218 u8 flags; 1219 u8 mcs; 1220 u16 legacy; 1221 u8 nss; 1222 u8 bw; 1223 u8 he_gi; 1224 u8 he_dcm; 1225 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1226 }; 1227 1228 /** 1229 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1230 * 1231 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1232 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1233 * 1234 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1235 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1236 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1237 */ 1238 enum bss_param_flags { 1239 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1240 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1241 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1242 }; 1243 1244 /** 1245 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1246 * 1247 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1248 * 1249 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1250 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1251 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1252 */ 1253 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1254 u8 flags; 1255 u8 dtim_period; 1256 u16 beacon_interval; 1257 }; 1258 1259 /** 1260 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1261 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1262 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1263 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1264 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1265 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1266 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1267 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1268 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1269 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1270 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1271 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1272 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1273 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1274 */ 1275 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1276 u32 filled; 1277 u32 backlog_bytes; 1278 u32 backlog_packets; 1279 u32 flows; 1280 u32 drops; 1281 u32 ecn_marks; 1282 u32 overlimit; 1283 u32 overmemory; 1284 u32 collisions; 1285 u32 tx_bytes; 1286 u32 tx_packets; 1287 u32 max_flows; 1288 }; 1289 1290 /** 1291 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1292 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1293 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1294 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1295 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1296 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1297 * transmitted MSDUs 1298 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1299 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1300 */ 1301 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1302 u32 filled; 1303 u64 rx_msdu; 1304 u64 tx_msdu; 1305 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1306 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1307 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1308 }; 1309 1310 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1311 1312 /** 1313 * struct station_info - station information 1314 * 1315 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1316 * 1317 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1318 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1319 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1320 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1321 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1322 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1323 * @llid: mesh local link id 1324 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1325 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1326 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1327 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1328 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1329 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1330 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1331 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1332 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1333 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1334 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1335 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1336 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1337 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1338 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1339 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1340 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1341 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1342 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1343 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1344 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1345 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1346 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1347 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1348 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1349 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1350 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1351 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1352 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1353 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1354 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1355 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1356 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1357 * towards this station. 1358 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1359 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1360 * from this peer 1361 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1362 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1363 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1364 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1365 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1366 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1367 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1368 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1369 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1370 * been sent. 1371 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1372 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1373 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1374 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1375 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1376 */ 1377 struct station_info { 1378 u64 filled; 1379 u32 connected_time; 1380 u32 inactive_time; 1381 u64 rx_bytes; 1382 u64 tx_bytes; 1383 u16 llid; 1384 u16 plid; 1385 u8 plink_state; 1386 s8 signal; 1387 s8 signal_avg; 1388 1389 u8 chains; 1390 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1391 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1392 1393 struct rate_info txrate; 1394 struct rate_info rxrate; 1395 u32 rx_packets; 1396 u32 tx_packets; 1397 u32 tx_retries; 1398 u32 tx_failed; 1399 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1400 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1401 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1402 1403 int generation; 1404 1405 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1406 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1407 1408 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1409 s64 t_offset; 1410 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1411 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1412 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1413 1414 u32 expected_throughput; 1415 1416 u64 tx_duration; 1417 u64 rx_duration; 1418 u64 rx_beacon; 1419 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1420 u8 connected_to_gate; 1421 1422 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1423 s8 ack_signal; 1424 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1425 1426 u16 airtime_weight; 1427 1428 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1429 u32 fcs_err_count; 1430 1431 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1432 }; 1433 1434 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1435 /** 1436 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1437 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1438 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1439 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1440 * 1441 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1442 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1443 * considered undefined. 1444 */ 1445 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1446 struct station_info *sinfo); 1447 #else 1448 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1449 const u8 *mac_addr, 1450 struct station_info *sinfo) 1451 { 1452 return -ENOENT; 1453 } 1454 #endif 1455 1456 /** 1457 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1458 * 1459 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1460 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1461 * 1462 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1463 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1464 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1465 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1466 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1467 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1468 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1469 */ 1470 enum monitor_flags { 1471 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1472 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1473 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1474 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1475 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1476 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1477 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1478 }; 1479 1480 /** 1481 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1482 * 1483 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1484 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1485 * 1486 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1487 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1488 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1489 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1490 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1491 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1492 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1493 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1494 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1495 */ 1496 enum mpath_info_flags { 1497 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1498 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1499 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1500 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1501 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1502 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1503 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1504 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1505 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1506 }; 1507 1508 /** 1509 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1510 * 1511 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1512 * 1513 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1514 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1515 * @sn: target sequence number 1516 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1517 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1518 * @flags: mesh path flags 1519 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1520 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1521 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1522 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1523 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1524 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1525 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1526 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1527 */ 1528 struct mpath_info { 1529 u32 filled; 1530 u32 frame_qlen; 1531 u32 sn; 1532 u32 metric; 1533 u32 exptime; 1534 u32 discovery_timeout; 1535 u8 discovery_retries; 1536 u8 flags; 1537 u8 hop_count; 1538 u32 path_change_count; 1539 1540 int generation; 1541 }; 1542 1543 /** 1544 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1545 * 1546 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1547 * 1548 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1549 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1550 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1551 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1552 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1553 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1554 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1555 * (or NULL for no change) 1556 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1557 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1558 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1559 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1560 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1561 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1562 */ 1563 struct bss_parameters { 1564 int use_cts_prot; 1565 int use_short_preamble; 1566 int use_short_slot_time; 1567 const u8 *basic_rates; 1568 u8 basic_rates_len; 1569 int ap_isolate; 1570 int ht_opmode; 1571 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1572 }; 1573 1574 /** 1575 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1576 * 1577 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1578 * 1579 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1580 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1581 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1582 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1583 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1584 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1585 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1586 * mesh interface 1587 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1588 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1589 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1590 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1591 * elements 1592 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1593 * detect compatible mesh peers 1594 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1595 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1596 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1597 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1598 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1599 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1600 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1601 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1602 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1603 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1604 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1605 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1606 * element 1607 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1608 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1609 * element 1610 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1611 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1612 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1613 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1614 * announcements are transmitted 1615 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1616 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1617 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1618 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1619 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1620 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1621 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1622 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1623 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1624 * station to establish a peer link 1625 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1626 * 1627 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1628 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1629 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1630 * 1631 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1632 * PREQs are transmitted. 1633 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1634 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1635 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1636 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1637 * setting for new peer links. 1638 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1639 * after transmitting its beacon. 1640 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1641 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1642 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1643 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1644 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1645 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1646 * in the mesh path table 1647 */ 1648 struct mesh_config { 1649 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1650 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1651 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1652 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1653 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1654 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1655 u8 element_ttl; 1656 bool auto_open_plinks; 1657 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1658 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1659 u32 path_refresh_time; 1660 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1661 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1662 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1663 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1664 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1665 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1666 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1667 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1668 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1669 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1670 s32 rssi_threshold; 1671 u16 ht_opmode; 1672 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1673 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1674 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1675 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1676 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1677 u32 plink_timeout; 1678 }; 1679 1680 /** 1681 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1682 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1683 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1684 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1685 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1686 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1687 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1688 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1689 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1690 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1691 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1692 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1693 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1694 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1695 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1696 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1697 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1698 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1699 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1700 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1701 * to operate on DFS channels. 1702 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1703 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1704 * 1705 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1706 */ 1707 struct mesh_setup { 1708 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1709 const u8 *mesh_id; 1710 u8 mesh_id_len; 1711 u8 sync_method; 1712 u8 path_sel_proto; 1713 u8 path_metric; 1714 u8 auth_id; 1715 const u8 *ie; 1716 u8 ie_len; 1717 bool is_authenticated; 1718 bool is_secure; 1719 bool user_mpm; 1720 u8 dtim_period; 1721 u16 beacon_interval; 1722 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1723 u32 basic_rates; 1724 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1725 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1726 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1727 }; 1728 1729 /** 1730 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1731 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1732 * 1733 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1734 */ 1735 struct ocb_setup { 1736 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1737 }; 1738 1739 /** 1740 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1741 * @ac: AC identifier 1742 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1743 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1744 * 1..32767] 1745 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1746 * 1..32767] 1747 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1748 */ 1749 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1750 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1751 u16 txop; 1752 u16 cwmin; 1753 u16 cwmax; 1754 u8 aifs; 1755 }; 1756 1757 /** 1758 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1759 * 1760 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1761 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1762 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1763 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1764 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1765 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1766 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1767 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1768 * in the wiphy structure. 1769 * 1770 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1771 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1772 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1773 * 1774 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1775 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1776 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1777 * to userspace. 1778 */ 1779 1780 /** 1781 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1782 * @ssid: the SSID 1783 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1784 */ 1785 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1786 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1787 u8 ssid_len; 1788 }; 1789 1790 /** 1791 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1792 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1793 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1794 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1795 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1796 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1797 * userspace will be notified of that 1798 */ 1799 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1800 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1801 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1802 bool aborted; 1803 }; 1804 1805 /** 1806 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1807 * 1808 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1809 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1810 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1811 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1812 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1813 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1814 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1815 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1816 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1817 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1818 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1819 * %duration field. 1820 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1821 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1822 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1823 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1824 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1825 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1826 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1827 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1828 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1829 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1830 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1831 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1832 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 1833 */ 1834 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 1835 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1836 int n_ssids; 1837 u32 n_channels; 1838 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1839 const u8 *ie; 1840 size_t ie_len; 1841 u16 duration; 1842 bool duration_mandatory; 1843 u32 flags; 1844 1845 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1846 1847 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 1848 1849 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1850 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1851 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1852 1853 /* internal */ 1854 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1855 unsigned long scan_start; 1856 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 1857 bool notified; 1858 bool no_cck; 1859 1860 /* keep last */ 1861 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1862 }; 1863 1864 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 1865 { 1866 int i; 1867 1868 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 1869 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 1870 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 1871 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 1872 } 1873 } 1874 1875 /** 1876 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 1877 * 1878 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 1879 * or no match (RSSI only) 1880 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 1881 * or no match (RSSI only) 1882 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 1883 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 1884 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 1885 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 1886 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 1887 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 1888 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 1889 * corresponding matchset. 1890 */ 1891 struct cfg80211_match_set { 1892 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 1893 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 1894 s32 rssi_thold; 1895 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1896 }; 1897 1898 /** 1899 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 1900 * 1901 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 1902 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 1903 * infinite loop. 1904 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 1905 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 1906 */ 1907 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 1908 u32 interval; 1909 u32 iterations; 1910 }; 1911 1912 /** 1913 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 1914 * 1915 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 1916 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 1917 */ 1918 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 1919 enum nl80211_band band; 1920 s8 delta; 1921 }; 1922 1923 /** 1924 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 1925 * 1926 * @reqid: identifies this request. 1927 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 1928 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1929 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1930 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1931 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1932 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1933 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1934 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 1935 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 1936 * (others are filtered out). 1937 * If ommited, all results are passed. 1938 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 1939 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 1940 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1941 * @dev: the interface 1942 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 1943 * @channels: channels to scan 1944 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 1945 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 1946 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1947 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1948 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1949 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1950 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 1951 * index must be executed first. 1952 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 1953 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 1954 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 1955 * owned by a particular socket) 1956 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 1957 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 1958 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 1959 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 1960 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 1961 * supported. 1962 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 1963 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 1964 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 1965 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 1966 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 1967 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 1968 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 1969 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 1970 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 1971 * comparisions. 1972 */ 1973 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 1974 u64 reqid; 1975 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1976 int n_ssids; 1977 u32 n_channels; 1978 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1979 const u8 *ie; 1980 size_t ie_len; 1981 u32 flags; 1982 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 1983 int n_match_sets; 1984 s32 min_rssi_thold; 1985 u32 delay; 1986 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 1987 int n_scan_plans; 1988 1989 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1990 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1991 1992 bool relative_rssi_set; 1993 s8 relative_rssi; 1994 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 1995 1996 /* internal */ 1997 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1998 struct net_device *dev; 1999 unsigned long scan_start; 2000 bool report_results; 2001 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2002 u32 owner_nlportid; 2003 bool nl_owner_dead; 2004 struct list_head list; 2005 2006 /* keep last */ 2007 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 2008 }; 2009 2010 /** 2011 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2012 * 2013 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2014 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2015 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2016 */ 2017 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2018 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2019 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2020 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2021 }; 2022 2023 /** 2024 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2025 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2026 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2027 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2028 * signal type 2029 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2030 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2031 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2032 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2033 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2034 * ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate. 2035 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2036 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2037 * by %parent_bssid. 2038 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2039 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2040 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2041 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2042 */ 2043 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2044 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2045 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2046 s32 signal; 2047 u64 boottime_ns; 2048 u64 parent_tsf; 2049 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2050 u8 chains; 2051 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2052 }; 2053 2054 /** 2055 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2056 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2057 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2058 * @len: length of the IEs 2059 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2060 * @data: IE data 2061 */ 2062 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2063 u64 tsf; 2064 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2065 int len; 2066 bool from_beacon; 2067 u8 data[]; 2068 }; 2069 2070 /** 2071 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2072 * 2073 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2074 * for use in scan results and similar. 2075 * 2076 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2077 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2078 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2079 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2080 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2081 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2082 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2083 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2084 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2085 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2086 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2087 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2088 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2089 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2090 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2091 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2092 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2093 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2094 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2095 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2096 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2097 * (multi-BSSID support) 2098 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2099 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2100 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2101 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2102 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2103 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2104 */ 2105 struct cfg80211_bss { 2106 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2107 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2108 2109 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2110 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2111 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2112 2113 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2114 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2115 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2116 2117 s32 signal; 2118 2119 u16 beacon_interval; 2120 u16 capability; 2121 2122 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2123 u8 chains; 2124 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2125 2126 u8 bssid_index; 2127 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2128 2129 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2130 }; 2131 2132 /** 2133 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2134 * @bss: the bss to search 2135 * @id: the element ID 2136 * 2137 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2138 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2139 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2140 */ 2141 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2142 2143 /** 2144 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2145 * @bss: the bss to search 2146 * @id: the element ID 2147 * 2148 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2149 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2150 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2151 */ 2152 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2153 { 2154 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2155 } 2156 2157 2158 /** 2159 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2160 * 2161 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2162 * authentication. 2163 * 2164 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2165 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2166 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2167 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2168 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2169 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2170 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2171 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2172 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2173 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2174 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2175 * transaction sequence number field. 2176 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2177 */ 2178 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2179 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2180 const u8 *ie; 2181 size_t ie_len; 2182 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2183 const u8 *key; 2184 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2185 const u8 *auth_data; 2186 size_t auth_data_len; 2187 }; 2188 2189 /** 2190 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2191 * 2192 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2193 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2194 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2195 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2196 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2197 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2198 * request (connect callback). 2199 */ 2200 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2201 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2202 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2203 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2204 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2205 }; 2206 2207 /** 2208 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2209 * 2210 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2211 * (re)association. 2212 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2213 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2214 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2215 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2216 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2217 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2218 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2219 * @crypto: crypto settings 2220 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2221 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2222 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2223 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2224 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2225 * frame. 2226 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2227 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2228 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2229 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2230 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2231 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2232 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2233 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2234 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2235 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2236 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2237 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2238 */ 2239 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2240 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2241 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2242 size_t ie_len; 2243 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2244 bool use_mfp; 2245 u32 flags; 2246 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2247 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2248 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2249 const u8 *fils_kek; 2250 size_t fils_kek_len; 2251 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2252 }; 2253 2254 /** 2255 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2256 * 2257 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2258 * deauthentication. 2259 * 2260 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2261 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2262 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2263 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2264 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2265 * do not set a deauth frame 2266 */ 2267 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2268 const u8 *bssid; 2269 const u8 *ie; 2270 size_t ie_len; 2271 u16 reason_code; 2272 bool local_state_change; 2273 }; 2274 2275 /** 2276 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2277 * 2278 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2279 * disassociation. 2280 * 2281 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2282 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2283 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2284 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2285 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2286 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2287 */ 2288 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2289 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2290 const u8 *ie; 2291 size_t ie_len; 2292 u16 reason_code; 2293 bool local_state_change; 2294 }; 2295 2296 /** 2297 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2298 * 2299 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2300 * method. 2301 * 2302 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2303 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2304 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2305 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2306 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2307 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2308 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2309 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2310 * @ie_len: length of that 2311 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2312 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2313 * after joining 2314 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2315 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2316 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2317 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2318 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2319 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2320 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2321 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2322 * to operate on DFS channels. 2323 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2324 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2325 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2326 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2327 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2328 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2329 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2330 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2331 */ 2332 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2333 const u8 *ssid; 2334 const u8 *bssid; 2335 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2336 const u8 *ie; 2337 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2338 u16 beacon_interval; 2339 u32 basic_rates; 2340 bool channel_fixed; 2341 bool privacy; 2342 bool control_port; 2343 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2344 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2345 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2346 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2347 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2348 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2349 int wep_tx_key; 2350 }; 2351 2352 /** 2353 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2354 * 2355 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2356 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2357 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2358 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2359 */ 2360 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2361 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2362 union { 2363 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2364 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2365 } param; 2366 }; 2367 2368 /** 2369 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2370 * 2371 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2372 * authentication and association. 2373 * 2374 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2375 * on scan results) 2376 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2377 * %NULL if not specified 2378 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2379 * results) 2380 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2381 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2382 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2383 * to use. 2384 * @ssid: SSID 2385 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2386 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2387 * @ie: IEs for association request 2388 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2389 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2390 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2391 * @crypto: crypto settings 2392 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2393 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2394 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2395 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2396 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2397 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2398 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2399 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2400 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2401 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2402 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2403 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2404 * networks. 2405 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2406 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2407 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2408 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2409 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2410 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2411 * frame. 2412 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2413 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2414 * data IE. 2415 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2416 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2417 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2418 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2419 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2420 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2421 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2422 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2423 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2424 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2425 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2426 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2427 */ 2428 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2429 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2430 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2431 const u8 *bssid; 2432 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2433 const u8 *ssid; 2434 size_t ssid_len; 2435 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2436 const u8 *ie; 2437 size_t ie_len; 2438 bool privacy; 2439 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2440 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2441 const u8 *key; 2442 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2443 u32 flags; 2444 int bg_scan_period; 2445 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2446 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2447 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2448 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2449 bool pbss; 2450 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2451 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2452 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2453 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2454 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2455 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2456 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2457 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2458 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2459 bool want_1x; 2460 }; 2461 2462 /** 2463 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2464 * 2465 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2466 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2467 * 2468 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2469 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2470 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2471 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2472 */ 2473 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2474 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2475 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2476 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2477 }; 2478 2479 /** 2480 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2481 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2482 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2483 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2484 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2485 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2486 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2487 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2488 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2489 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2490 */ 2491 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2492 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2493 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2494 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2495 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2496 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2497 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2498 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2499 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2500 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2501 }; 2502 2503 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2504 2505 /** 2506 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2507 * 2508 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2509 * caching. 2510 * 2511 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2512 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2513 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2514 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2515 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2516 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2517 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2518 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2519 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2520 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2521 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2522 * %NULL). 2523 */ 2524 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2525 const u8 *bssid; 2526 const u8 *pmkid; 2527 const u8 *pmk; 2528 size_t pmk_len; 2529 const u8 *ssid; 2530 size_t ssid_len; 2531 const u8 *cache_id; 2532 }; 2533 2534 /** 2535 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2536 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2537 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2538 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2539 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2540 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2541 * 2542 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2543 * memory, free @mask only! 2544 */ 2545 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2546 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2547 int pattern_len; 2548 int pkt_offset; 2549 }; 2550 2551 /** 2552 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2553 * 2554 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2555 * @src: source IP address 2556 * @dst: destination IP address 2557 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2558 * @src_port: source port 2559 * @dst_port: destination port 2560 * @payload_len: data payload length 2561 * @payload: data payload buffer 2562 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2563 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2564 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2565 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2566 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2567 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2568 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2569 */ 2570 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2571 struct socket *sock; 2572 __be32 src, dst; 2573 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2574 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2575 int payload_len; 2576 const u8 *payload; 2577 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2578 u32 data_interval; 2579 u32 wake_len; 2580 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2581 u32 tokens_size; 2582 /* must be last, variable member */ 2583 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2584 }; 2585 2586 /** 2587 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2588 * 2589 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2590 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2591 * operating as normal during suspend 2592 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2593 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2594 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2595 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2596 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2597 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2598 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2599 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2600 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2601 * NULL if not configured. 2602 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2603 */ 2604 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2605 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2606 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2607 rfkill_release; 2608 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2609 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2610 int n_patterns; 2611 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2612 }; 2613 2614 /** 2615 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2616 * 2617 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2618 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2619 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2620 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2621 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2622 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2623 */ 2624 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2625 int delay; 2626 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2627 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2628 int n_patterns; 2629 }; 2630 2631 /** 2632 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2633 * 2634 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2635 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2636 * @n_rules: number of rules 2637 */ 2638 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2639 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2640 int n_rules; 2641 }; 2642 2643 /** 2644 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2645 * 2646 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2647 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2648 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2649 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2650 * occurred (in MHz) 2651 */ 2652 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2653 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2654 int n_channels; 2655 u32 channels[]; 2656 }; 2657 2658 /** 2659 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2660 * 2661 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2662 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2663 * match information. 2664 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2665 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2666 */ 2667 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2668 int n_matches; 2669 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2670 }; 2671 2672 /** 2673 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2674 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2675 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2676 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2677 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2678 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2679 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2680 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2681 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2682 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2683 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2684 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2685 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2686 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2687 * it is. 2688 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2689 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2690 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2691 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2692 */ 2693 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2694 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2695 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2696 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2697 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2698 s32 pattern_idx; 2699 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2700 const void *packet; 2701 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2702 }; 2703 2704 /** 2705 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2706 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2707 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2708 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2709 */ 2710 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2711 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2712 }; 2713 2714 /** 2715 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2716 * 2717 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2718 * 2719 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2720 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2721 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2722 */ 2723 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2724 u16 md; 2725 const u8 *ie; 2726 size_t ie_len; 2727 }; 2728 2729 /** 2730 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2731 * 2732 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2733 * 2734 * @chan: channel to use 2735 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2736 * @wait: duration for ROC 2737 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2738 * @len: buffer length 2739 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2740 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2741 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2742 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2743 */ 2744 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2745 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2746 bool offchan; 2747 unsigned int wait; 2748 const u8 *buf; 2749 size_t len; 2750 bool no_cck; 2751 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2752 int n_csa_offsets; 2753 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2754 }; 2755 2756 /** 2757 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2758 * 2759 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2760 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2761 */ 2762 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2763 u8 dscp; 2764 u8 up; 2765 }; 2766 2767 /** 2768 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2769 * 2770 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2771 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2772 */ 2773 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2774 u8 low; 2775 u8 high; 2776 }; 2777 2778 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2779 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2780 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2781 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2782 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2783 2784 /** 2785 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2786 * 2787 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2788 * 2789 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2790 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2791 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2792 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2793 */ 2794 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2795 u8 num_des; 2796 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2797 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2798 }; 2799 2800 /** 2801 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2802 * 2803 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2804 * 2805 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 2806 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 2807 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 2808 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 2809 */ 2810 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 2811 u8 master_pref; 2812 u8 bands; 2813 }; 2814 2815 /** 2816 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 2817 * configuration 2818 * 2819 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 2820 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 2821 */ 2822 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 2823 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 2824 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 2825 }; 2826 2827 /** 2828 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 2829 * 2830 * @filter: the content of the filter 2831 * @len: the length of the filter 2832 */ 2833 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 2834 const u8 *filter; 2835 u8 len; 2836 }; 2837 2838 /** 2839 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 2840 * 2841 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 2842 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 2843 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 2844 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 2845 * implementation specific. 2846 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 2847 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 2848 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 2849 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 2850 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 2851 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 2852 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 2853 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 2854 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 2855 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 2856 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 2857 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 2858 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 2859 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 2860 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 2861 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 2862 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 2863 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 2864 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 2865 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 2866 */ 2867 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 2868 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 2869 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 2870 u8 publish_type; 2871 bool close_range; 2872 bool publish_bcast; 2873 bool subscribe_active; 2874 u8 followup_id; 2875 u8 followup_reqid; 2876 struct mac_address followup_dest; 2877 u32 ttl; 2878 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 2879 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 2880 bool srf_include; 2881 const u8 *srf_bf; 2882 u8 srf_bf_len; 2883 u8 srf_bf_idx; 2884 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 2885 int srf_num_macs; 2886 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 2887 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 2888 u8 num_tx_filters; 2889 u8 num_rx_filters; 2890 u8 instance_id; 2891 u64 cookie; 2892 }; 2893 2894 /** 2895 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 2896 * 2897 * @aa: authenticator address 2898 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 2899 * @pmk: the PMK material 2900 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 2901 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 2902 * holds PMK-R0. 2903 */ 2904 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 2905 const u8 *aa; 2906 u8 pmk_len; 2907 const u8 *pmk; 2908 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 2909 }; 2910 2911 /** 2912 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 2913 * 2914 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 2915 * 2916 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 2917 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 2918 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 2919 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 2920 * authentication response command interface. 2921 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 2922 * authentication response command interface. 2923 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 2924 * authentication request event interface. 2925 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 2926 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 2927 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 2928 * response command interface (user space to driver). 2929 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2930 */ 2931 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 2932 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 2933 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2934 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2935 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 2936 u16 status; 2937 const u8 *pmkid; 2938 }; 2939 2940 /** 2941 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 2942 * 2943 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 2944 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2945 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 2946 * answered 2947 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 2948 * successfully answered 2949 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 2950 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 2951 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 2952 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 2953 * of how much time the responder was busy 2954 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 2955 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 2956 * the responder 2957 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 2958 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 2959 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 2960 */ 2961 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 2962 u32 filled; 2963 u32 success_num; 2964 u32 partial_num; 2965 u32 failed_num; 2966 u32 asap_num; 2967 u32 non_asap_num; 2968 u64 total_duration_ms; 2969 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 2970 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 2971 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 2972 }; 2973 2974 /** 2975 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 2976 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 2977 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 2978 * reason than just "failure" 2979 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 2980 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 2981 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 2982 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 2983 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 2984 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 2985 * by the responder 2986 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 2987 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 2988 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 2989 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 2990 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 2991 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 2992 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 2993 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 2994 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 2995 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 2996 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 2997 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 2998 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 2999 * the square root of the variance) 3000 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3001 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3002 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3003 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3004 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3005 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3006 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3007 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3008 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3009 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3010 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3011 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3012 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3013 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3014 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3015 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3016 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3017 */ 3018 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3019 const u8 *lci; 3020 const u8 *civicloc; 3021 unsigned int lci_len; 3022 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3023 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3024 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3025 s16 burst_index; 3026 u8 busy_retry_time; 3027 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3028 u8 burst_duration; 3029 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3030 s32 rssi_avg; 3031 s32 rssi_spread; 3032 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3033 s64 rtt_avg; 3034 s64 rtt_variance; 3035 s64 rtt_spread; 3036 s64 dist_avg; 3037 s64 dist_variance; 3038 s64 dist_spread; 3039 3040 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3041 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3042 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3043 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3044 tx_rate_valid:1, 3045 rx_rate_valid:1, 3046 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3047 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3048 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3049 dist_avg_valid:1, 3050 dist_variance_valid:1, 3051 dist_spread_valid:1; 3052 }; 3053 3054 /** 3055 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3056 * @addr: address of the peer 3057 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3058 * measurement was made) 3059 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3060 * @status: status of the measurement 3061 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3062 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3063 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3064 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3065 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3066 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3067 */ 3068 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3069 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3070 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3071 3072 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3073 3074 u8 final:1, 3075 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3076 3077 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3078 3079 union { 3080 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3081 }; 3082 }; 3083 3084 /** 3085 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3086 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3087 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3088 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3089 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3090 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3091 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3092 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3093 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3094 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3095 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3096 * 3097 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3098 */ 3099 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3100 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3101 u16 burst_period; 3102 u8 requested:1, 3103 asap:1, 3104 request_lci:1, 3105 request_civicloc:1; 3106 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3107 u8 burst_duration; 3108 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3109 u8 ftmr_retries; 3110 }; 3111 3112 /** 3113 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3114 * @addr: MAC address 3115 * @chandef: channel to use 3116 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3117 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3118 */ 3119 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3120 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3121 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3122 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3123 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3124 }; 3125 3126 /** 3127 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3128 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3129 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3130 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3131 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3132 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3133 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3134 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3135 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3136 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3137 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3138 * zero it means there's no timeout 3139 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3140 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3141 */ 3142 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3143 u64 cookie; 3144 void *drv_data; 3145 u32 n_peers; 3146 u32 nl_portid; 3147 3148 u32 timeout; 3149 3150 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3151 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3152 3153 struct list_head list; 3154 3155 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3156 }; 3157 3158 /** 3159 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3160 * 3161 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3162 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3163 * 3164 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3165 * 3166 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3167 * has to be done. 3168 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3169 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3170 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3171 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3172 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3173 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3174 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3175 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3176 */ 3177 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3178 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3179 u16 status; 3180 const u8 *ie; 3181 size_t ie_len; 3182 }; 3183 3184 /** 3185 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3186 * 3187 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3188 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3189 * 3190 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3191 * on success or a negative error code. 3192 * 3193 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3194 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3195 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3196 * 3197 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3198 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3199 * configured for the device. 3200 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3201 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3202 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3203 * the device. 3204 * 3205 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3206 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3207 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3208 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3209 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3210 * 3211 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3212 * 3213 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3214 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3215 * 3216 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3217 * when adding a group key. 3218 * 3219 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3220 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3221 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3222 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3223 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3224 * 3225 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3226 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3227 * 3228 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3229 * 3230 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3231 * 3232 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3233 * 3234 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3235 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3236 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3237 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3238 * 3239 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3240 * @del_station: Remove a station 3241 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3242 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3243 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3244 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3245 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3246 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3247 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3248 * 3249 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3250 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3251 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3252 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3253 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3254 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3255 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3256 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3257 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3258 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3259 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3260 * 3261 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3262 * 3263 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3264 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3265 * set, and which to leave alone. 3266 * 3267 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3268 * 3269 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3270 * 3271 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3272 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3273 * join the mesh instead. 3274 * 3275 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3276 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3277 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3278 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3279 * 3280 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3281 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3282 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3283 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3284 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3285 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3286 * 3287 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3288 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3289 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3290 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3291 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3292 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3293 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3294 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3295 * 3296 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3297 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3298 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3299 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3300 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3301 * was received. 3302 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3303 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3304 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3305 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3306 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3307 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3308 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3309 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3310 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3311 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3312 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3313 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3314 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3315 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3316 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3317 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3318 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3319 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3320 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3321 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3322 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3323 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3324 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3325 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3326 * 3327 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3328 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3329 * to a merge. 3330 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3331 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3332 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3333 * 3334 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3335 * MESH mode) 3336 * 3337 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3338 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3339 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3340 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3341 * 3342 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3343 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3344 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3345 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3346 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3347 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3348 * return 0 if successful 3349 * 3350 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3351 * 3352 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3353 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3354 * 3355 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3356 * 3357 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3358 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3359 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3360 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3361 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3362 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3363 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3364 * the duration value. 3365 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3366 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3367 * frame on another channel 3368 * 3369 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3370 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3371 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3372 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3373 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3374 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3375 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3376 * 3377 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3378 * 3379 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3380 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3381 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3382 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3383 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3384 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3385 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3386 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3387 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3388 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3389 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3390 * disabled.) 3391 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3392 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3393 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3394 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3395 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3396 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3397 * thresholds. 3398 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3399 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3400 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3401 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3402 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3403 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3404 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3405 * 3406 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3407 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3408 * 3409 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3410 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3411 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3412 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3413 * 3414 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3415 * 3416 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3417 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3418 * 3419 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3420 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3421 * 3422 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3423 * 3424 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3425 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3426 * current monitoring channel. 3427 * 3428 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3429 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3430 * 3431 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3432 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3433 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3434 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3435 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3436 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3437 * 3438 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3439 * 3440 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3441 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3442 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3443 * 3444 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3445 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3446 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3447 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3448 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3449 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3450 * 3451 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3452 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3453 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3454 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3455 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3456 * as soon as possible. 3457 * 3458 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3459 * 3460 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3461 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3462 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3463 * 3464 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3465 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3466 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3467 * account. 3468 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3469 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3470 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3471 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3472 * rejected) 3473 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3474 * 3475 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3476 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3477 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3478 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3479 * 3480 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3481 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3482 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3483 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3484 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3485 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3486 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3487 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3488 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3489 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3490 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3491 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3492 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3493 * provided @nan_func. 3494 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3495 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3496 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3497 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3498 * 3499 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3500 * 3501 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3502 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3503 * 3504 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3505 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3506 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3507 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3508 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3509 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3510 * 3511 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3512 * user space 3513 * 3514 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3515 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3516 * 3517 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3518 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3519 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3520 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3521 * 3522 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3523 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3524 * DH IE through this interface. 3525 * 3526 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3527 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3528 */ 3529 struct cfg80211_ops { 3530 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3531 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3532 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3533 3534 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3535 const char *name, 3536 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3537 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3538 struct vif_params *params); 3539 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3540 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3541 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3542 struct net_device *dev, 3543 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3544 struct vif_params *params); 3545 3546 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3547 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3548 struct key_params *params); 3549 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3550 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3551 void *cookie, 3552 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3553 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3554 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3555 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3556 struct net_device *netdev, 3557 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3558 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3559 struct net_device *netdev, 3560 u8 key_index); 3561 3562 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3563 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3564 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3565 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3566 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3567 3568 3569 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3570 const u8 *mac, 3571 struct station_parameters *params); 3572 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3573 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3574 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3575 const u8 *mac, 3576 struct station_parameters *params); 3577 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3578 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3579 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3580 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3581 3582 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3583 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3584 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3585 const u8 *dst); 3586 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3587 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3588 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3589 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3590 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3591 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3592 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3593 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3594 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3595 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3596 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3597 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3598 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3599 struct net_device *dev, 3600 struct mesh_config *conf); 3601 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3602 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3603 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3604 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3605 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3606 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3607 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3608 3609 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3610 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3611 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3612 3613 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3614 struct bss_parameters *params); 3615 3616 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3617 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3618 3619 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3620 struct net_device *dev, 3621 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3622 3623 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3624 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3625 3626 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3627 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3628 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3629 3630 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3631 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3632 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3633 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3634 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3635 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3636 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3637 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3638 3639 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3640 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3641 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3642 struct net_device *dev, 3643 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3644 u32 changed); 3645 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3646 u16 reason_code); 3647 3648 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3649 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3650 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3651 3652 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3653 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3654 3655 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3656 3657 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3658 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3659 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3660 int *dbm); 3661 3662 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3663 const u8 *addr); 3664 3665 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3666 3667 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3668 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3669 void *data, int len); 3670 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3671 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3672 void *data, int len); 3673 #endif 3674 3675 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3676 struct net_device *dev, 3677 const u8 *peer, 3678 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3679 3680 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3681 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3682 3683 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3684 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3685 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3686 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3687 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3688 3689 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3690 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3691 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3692 unsigned int duration, 3693 u64 *cookie); 3694 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3695 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3696 u64 cookie); 3697 3698 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3699 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3700 u64 *cookie); 3701 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3702 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3703 u64 cookie); 3704 3705 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3706 bool enabled, int timeout); 3707 3708 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3709 struct net_device *dev, 3710 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3711 3712 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3713 struct net_device *dev, 3714 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3715 3716 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3717 struct net_device *dev, 3718 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3719 3720 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3721 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3722 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3723 3724 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3725 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3726 3727 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3728 struct net_device *dev, 3729 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3730 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3731 u64 reqid); 3732 3733 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3734 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3735 3736 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3737 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3738 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3739 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3740 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3741 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3742 3743 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3744 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3745 3746 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3747 struct net_device *dev, 3748 u16 noack_map); 3749 3750 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3751 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3752 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3753 3754 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3755 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3756 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3757 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3758 3759 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3760 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3761 3762 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3763 struct net_device *dev, 3764 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3765 u32 cac_time_ms); 3766 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3767 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3768 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3769 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3770 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3771 u16 duration); 3772 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3773 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3774 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3775 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3776 3777 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3778 struct net_device *dev, 3779 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3780 3781 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3782 struct net_device *dev, 3783 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 3784 3785 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3786 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3787 3788 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3789 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 3790 u16 admitted_time); 3791 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3792 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 3793 3794 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3795 struct net_device *dev, 3796 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 3797 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3798 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3799 struct net_device *dev, 3800 const u8 *addr); 3801 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3802 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 3803 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3804 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3805 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 3806 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3807 u64 cookie); 3808 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3809 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3810 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 3811 u32 changes); 3812 3813 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3814 struct net_device *dev, 3815 const bool enabled); 3816 3817 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3818 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3819 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 3820 3821 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3822 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 3823 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3824 const u8 *aa); 3825 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3826 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 3827 3828 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3829 struct net_device *dev, 3830 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 3831 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 3832 const bool noencrypt); 3833 3834 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3835 struct net_device *dev, 3836 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 3837 3838 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3839 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3840 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3841 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3842 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3843 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 3844 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3845 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3846 }; 3847 3848 /* 3849 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 3850 * and registration/helper functions 3851 */ 3852 3853 /** 3854 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 3855 * 3856 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 3857 * wiphy at all 3858 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 3859 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 3860 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 3861 * reason to override the default 3862 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 3863 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 3864 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 3865 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 3866 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 3867 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 3868 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 3869 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 3870 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 3871 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 3872 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 3873 * firmware. 3874 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 3875 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 3876 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 3877 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 3878 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 3879 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 3880 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 3881 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 3882 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 3883 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 3884 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 3885 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 3886 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 3887 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 3888 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 3889 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 3890 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 3891 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 3892 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 3893 * before connection. 3894 */ 3895 enum wiphy_flags { 3896 /* use hole at 0 */ 3897 /* use hole at 1 */ 3898 /* use hole at 2 */ 3899 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 3900 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 3901 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 3902 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 3903 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 3904 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 3905 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 3906 /* use hole at 11 */ 3907 /* use hole at 12 */ 3908 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 3909 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 3910 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 3911 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 3912 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 3913 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 3914 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 3915 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 3916 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 3917 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 3918 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 3919 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 3920 }; 3921 3922 /** 3923 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 3924 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 3925 * @types: interface types (bits) 3926 */ 3927 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 3928 u16 max; 3929 u16 types; 3930 }; 3931 3932 /** 3933 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 3934 * 3935 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 3936 * combinations it supports concurrently. 3937 * 3938 * Examples: 3939 * 3940 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 3941 * 3942 * .. code-block:: c 3943 * 3944 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 3945 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 3946 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 3947 * }; 3948 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 3949 * .limits = limits1, 3950 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 3951 * .max_interfaces = 2, 3952 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 3953 * }; 3954 * 3955 * 3956 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 3957 * 3958 * .. code-block:: c 3959 * 3960 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 3961 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 3962 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 3963 * }; 3964 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 3965 * .limits = limits2, 3966 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 3967 * .max_interfaces = 8, 3968 * .num_different_channels = 1, 3969 * }; 3970 * 3971 * 3972 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 3973 * 3974 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 3975 * 3976 * .. code-block:: c 3977 * 3978 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 3979 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 3980 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 3981 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 3982 * }; 3983 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 3984 * .limits = limits3, 3985 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 3986 * .max_interfaces = 4, 3987 * .num_different_channels = 2, 3988 * }; 3989 * 3990 */ 3991 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 3992 /** 3993 * @limits: 3994 * limits for the given interface types 3995 */ 3996 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 3997 3998 /** 3999 * @num_different_channels: 4000 * can use up to this many different channels 4001 */ 4002 u32 num_different_channels; 4003 4004 /** 4005 * @max_interfaces: 4006 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4007 */ 4008 u16 max_interfaces; 4009 4010 /** 4011 * @n_limits: 4012 * number of limitations 4013 */ 4014 u8 n_limits; 4015 4016 /** 4017 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4018 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4019 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4020 */ 4021 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4022 4023 /** 4024 * @radar_detect_widths: 4025 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4026 */ 4027 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4028 4029 /** 4030 * @radar_detect_regions: 4031 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4032 */ 4033 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4034 4035 /** 4036 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4037 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4038 * 4039 * = 0 4040 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4041 * > 0 4042 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4043 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4044 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4045 */ 4046 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4047 }; 4048 4049 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4050 u16 tx, rx; 4051 }; 4052 4053 /** 4054 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4055 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4056 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4057 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4058 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4059 * packet should be preserved in that case 4060 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4061 * (see nl80211.h) 4062 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4063 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4064 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4065 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4066 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4067 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4068 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4069 */ 4070 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4071 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4072 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4073 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4074 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4075 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4076 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4077 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4078 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4079 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4080 }; 4081 4082 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4083 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4084 u32 data_payload_max; 4085 u32 data_interval_max; 4086 u32 wake_payload_max; 4087 bool seq; 4088 }; 4089 4090 /** 4091 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4092 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4093 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4094 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4095 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4096 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4097 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4098 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4099 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4100 * scheduled scans. 4101 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4102 * details. 4103 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4104 */ 4105 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4106 u32 flags; 4107 int n_patterns; 4108 int pattern_max_len; 4109 int pattern_min_len; 4110 int max_pkt_offset; 4111 int max_nd_match_sets; 4112 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4113 }; 4114 4115 /** 4116 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4117 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4118 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4119 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4120 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4121 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4122 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4123 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4124 */ 4125 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4126 int n_rules; 4127 int max_delay; 4128 int n_patterns; 4129 int pattern_max_len; 4130 int pattern_min_len; 4131 int max_pkt_offset; 4132 }; 4133 4134 /** 4135 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4136 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4137 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4138 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4139 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4140 */ 4141 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4142 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4143 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4144 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4145 }; 4146 4147 /** 4148 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4149 * 4150 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4151 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4152 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4153 * 4154 */ 4155 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4156 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4157 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4158 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4159 }; 4160 4161 /** 4162 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4163 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4164 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4165 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4166 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4167 */ 4168 4169 struct sta_opmode_info { 4170 u32 changed; 4171 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4172 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4173 u8 rx_nss; 4174 }; 4175 4176 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)ERR_PTR(-ENODATA)) 4177 4178 /** 4179 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4180 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4181 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4182 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4183 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4184 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4185 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4186 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4187 * dumpit calls. 4188 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4189 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4190 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4191 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4192 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4193 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4194 * are used with dump requests. 4195 */ 4196 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4197 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4198 u32 flags; 4199 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4200 const void *data, int data_len); 4201 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4202 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4203 unsigned long *storage); 4204 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4205 unsigned int maxattr; 4206 }; 4207 4208 /** 4209 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4210 * @iftype: interface type 4211 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4212 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4213 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4214 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4215 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4216 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4217 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4218 */ 4219 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4220 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4221 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4222 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4223 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4224 }; 4225 4226 /** 4227 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4228 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4229 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4230 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4231 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4232 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4233 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4234 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4235 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4236 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4237 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4238 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4239 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4240 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4241 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4242 * not limited) 4243 */ 4244 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4245 unsigned int max_peers; 4246 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4247 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4248 4249 struct { 4250 u32 preambles; 4251 u32 bandwidths; 4252 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4253 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4254 u8 supported:1, 4255 asap:1, 4256 non_asap:1, 4257 request_lci:1, 4258 request_civicloc:1; 4259 } ftm; 4260 }; 4261 4262 /** 4263 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4264 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4265 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4266 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4267 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4268 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4269 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4270 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4271 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4272 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4273 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4274 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites 4275 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4276 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4277 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4278 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4279 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4280 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4281 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4282 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4283 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4284 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4285 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4286 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4287 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4288 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4289 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4290 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4291 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4292 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4293 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4294 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4295 * unregister hardware 4296 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed 4297 * automatically on wiphy renames 4298 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy 4299 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister 4300 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4301 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4302 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4303 * must be set by driver 4304 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4305 * list single interface types. 4306 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4307 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4308 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4309 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4310 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4311 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4312 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4313 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4314 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4315 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4316 * this variable determines its size 4317 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4318 * any given scan 4319 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4320 * the device can run concurrently. 4321 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4322 * for in any given scheduled scan 4323 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4324 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4325 * supported. 4326 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4327 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4328 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4329 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4330 * scans 4331 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4332 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4333 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4334 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4335 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4336 * scan plan supported by the device. 4337 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4338 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4339 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4340 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4341 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4342 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4343 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4344 * 4345 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4346 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4347 * type 4348 * 4349 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4350 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4351 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4352 * 4353 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4354 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4355 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4356 * 4357 * @probe_resp_offload: 4358 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4359 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4360 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4361 * 4362 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4363 * may request, if implemented. 4364 * 4365 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4366 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4367 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4368 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4369 * 4370 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4371 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4372 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4373 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4374 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4375 * 4376 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4377 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4378 * 4379 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4380 * supports for ACL. 4381 * 4382 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4383 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4384 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4385 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4386 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4387 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4388 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4389 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4390 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4391 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4392 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4393 * capabilities are specified separately. 4394 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4395 * 4396 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4397 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4398 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4399 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4400 * 4401 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4402 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4403 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4404 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4405 * 4406 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4407 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4408 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4409 * infinite. 4410 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the 4411 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which 4412 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the 4413 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set 4414 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate. 4415 * This value should be set in MHz. 4416 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4417 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4418 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4419 * 4420 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4421 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4422 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4423 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4424 * 4425 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4426 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4427 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4428 * 4429 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4430 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4431 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4432 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4433 * 4434 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4435 */ 4436 struct wiphy { 4437 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4438 4439 /* permanent MAC address(es) */ 4440 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4441 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4442 4443 struct mac_address *addresses; 4444 4445 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4446 4447 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4448 int n_iface_combinations; 4449 u16 software_iftypes; 4450 4451 u16 n_addresses; 4452 4453 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4454 u16 interface_modes; 4455 4456 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4457 4458 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4459 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4460 4461 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4462 4463 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4464 4465 int bss_priv_size; 4466 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4467 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4468 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4469 u8 max_match_sets; 4470 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4471 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4472 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4473 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4474 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4475 4476 int n_cipher_suites; 4477 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4478 4479 int n_akm_suites; 4480 const u32 *akm_suites; 4481 4482 u8 retry_short; 4483 u8 retry_long; 4484 u32 frag_threshold; 4485 u32 rts_threshold; 4486 u8 coverage_class; 4487 4488 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4489 u32 hw_version; 4490 4491 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4492 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4493 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4494 #endif 4495 4496 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4497 4498 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4499 4500 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4501 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4502 4503 /* 4504 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading 4505 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4506 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4507 */ 4508 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4509 4510 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4511 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4512 4513 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4514 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4515 4516 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. 4517 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't 4518 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered 4519 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to 4520 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ 4521 const void *privid; 4522 4523 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4524 4525 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ 4526 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4527 struct regulatory_request *request); 4528 4529 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4530 4531 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4532 4533 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, 4534 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ 4535 struct device dev; 4536 4537 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */ 4538 bool registered; 4539 4540 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */ 4541 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4542 4543 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4544 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4545 4546 struct list_head wdev_list; 4547 4548 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */ 4549 possible_net_t _net; 4550 4551 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4552 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4553 #endif 4554 4555 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4556 4557 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4558 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4559 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4560 4561 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4562 4563 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4564 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp; 4565 4566 u32 bss_select_support; 4567 4568 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4569 4570 u32 txq_limit; 4571 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4572 u32 txq_quantum; 4573 4574 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4575 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4576 4577 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4578 4579 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4580 }; 4581 4582 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4583 { 4584 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4585 } 4586 4587 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4588 { 4589 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4590 } 4591 4592 /** 4593 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4594 * 4595 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4596 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4597 */ 4598 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4599 { 4600 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4601 return &wiphy->priv; 4602 } 4603 4604 /** 4605 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4606 * 4607 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4608 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4609 */ 4610 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4611 { 4612 BUG_ON(!priv); 4613 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4614 } 4615 4616 /** 4617 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4618 * 4619 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4620 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4621 */ 4622 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4623 { 4624 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4625 } 4626 4627 /** 4628 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4629 * 4630 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4631 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4632 */ 4633 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4634 { 4635 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4636 } 4637 4638 /** 4639 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4640 * 4641 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4642 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4643 */ 4644 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4645 { 4646 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4647 } 4648 4649 /** 4650 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4651 * 4652 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4653 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4654 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4655 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4656 * 4657 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4658 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4659 * 4660 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4661 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4662 */ 4663 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4664 const char *requested_name); 4665 4666 /** 4667 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4668 * 4669 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4670 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4671 * 4672 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4673 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4674 * 4675 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4676 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4677 */ 4678 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4679 int sizeof_priv) 4680 { 4681 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4682 } 4683 4684 /** 4685 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4686 * 4687 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4688 * 4689 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4690 */ 4691 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4692 4693 /** 4694 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4695 * 4696 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4697 * 4698 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4699 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4700 * request that is being handled. 4701 */ 4702 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4703 4704 /** 4705 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4706 * 4707 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4708 */ 4709 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4710 4711 /* internal structs */ 4712 struct cfg80211_conn; 4713 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4714 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4715 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4716 4717 /** 4718 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4719 * 4720 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4721 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4722 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4723 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4724 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4725 * 4726 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4727 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4728 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4729 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4730 * 4731 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4732 * @iftype: interface type 4733 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4734 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4735 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4736 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4737 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4738 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4739 * the user-set channel definition. 4740 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4741 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4742 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4743 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4744 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4745 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4746 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4747 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 4748 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 4749 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 4750 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 4751 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 4752 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 4753 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 4754 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 4755 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 4756 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 4757 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 4758 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 4759 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 4760 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 4761 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 4762 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 4763 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 4764 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 4765 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 4766 * and some API functions require it held 4767 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 4768 * beacons, 0 when not valid 4769 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 4770 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 4771 * the P2P Device. 4772 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 4773 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 4774 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 4775 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 4776 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 4777 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 4778 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 4779 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 4780 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 4781 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 4782 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 4783 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 4784 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 4785 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 4786 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 4787 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 4788 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 4789 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 4790 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 4791 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 4792 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 4793 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 4794 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 4795 */ 4796 struct wireless_dev { 4797 struct wiphy *wiphy; 4798 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4799 4800 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 4801 struct list_head list; 4802 struct net_device *netdev; 4803 4804 u32 identifier; 4805 4806 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 4807 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 4808 4809 struct mutex mtx; 4810 4811 bool use_4addr, is_running; 4812 4813 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 4814 4815 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 4816 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4817 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 4818 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 4819 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 4820 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 4821 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 4822 4823 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 4824 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4825 4826 struct list_head event_list; 4827 spinlock_t event_lock; 4828 4829 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 4830 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 4831 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4832 4833 bool ibss_fixed; 4834 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 4835 4836 bool ps; 4837 int ps_timeout; 4838 4839 int beacon_interval; 4840 4841 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 4842 4843 u32 owner_nlportid; 4844 bool nl_owner_dead; 4845 4846 bool cac_started; 4847 unsigned long cac_start_time; 4848 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 4849 4850 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4851 /* wext data */ 4852 struct { 4853 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 4854 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 4855 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 4856 const u8 *ie; 4857 size_t ie_len; 4858 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4859 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4860 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4861 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 4862 bool prev_bssid_valid; 4863 } wext; 4864 #endif 4865 4866 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 4867 4868 struct list_head pmsr_list; 4869 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 4870 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 4871 }; 4872 4873 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4874 { 4875 if (wdev->netdev) 4876 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 4877 return wdev->address; 4878 } 4879 4880 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4881 { 4882 if (wdev->netdev) 4883 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 4884 return wdev->is_running; 4885 } 4886 4887 /** 4888 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 4889 * 4890 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 4891 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 4892 */ 4893 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4894 { 4895 BUG_ON(!wdev); 4896 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 4897 } 4898 4899 /** 4900 * DOC: Utility functions 4901 * 4902 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 4903 */ 4904 4905 /** 4906 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 4907 * @chan: channel number 4908 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 4909 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 4910 */ 4911 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 4912 4913 /** 4914 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 4915 * @freq: center frequency 4916 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 4917 */ 4918 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 4919 4920 /** 4921 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 4922 * 4923 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 4924 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 4925 * 4926 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 4927 */ 4928 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 4929 4930 /** 4931 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 4932 * 4933 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 4934 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 4935 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 4936 * 4937 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 4938 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 4939 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 4940 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 4941 */ 4942 struct ieee80211_rate * 4943 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 4944 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 4945 4946 /** 4947 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 4948 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 4949 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 4950 * 4951 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 4952 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 4953 */ 4954 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 4955 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 4956 4957 /* 4958 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 4959 * 4960 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 4961 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 4962 */ 4963 4964 struct radiotap_align_size { 4965 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 4966 }; 4967 4968 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 4969 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 4970 int n_bits; 4971 uint32_t oui; 4972 uint8_t subns; 4973 }; 4974 4975 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 4976 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 4977 int n_ns; 4978 }; 4979 4980 /** 4981 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 4982 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 4983 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 4984 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 4985 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 4986 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 4987 * the beginning of the actual data portion 4988 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 4989 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 4990 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 4991 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 4992 * radiotap namespace or not 4993 * 4994 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 4995 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 4996 * @_arg_index: next argument index 4997 * @_arg: next argument pointer 4998 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 4999 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5000 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5001 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5002 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5003 * next bitmap word 5004 * 5005 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5006 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5007 */ 5008 5009 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5010 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5011 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5012 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5013 5014 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5015 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5016 5017 unsigned char *this_arg; 5018 int this_arg_index; 5019 int this_arg_size; 5020 5021 int is_radiotap_ns; 5022 5023 int _max_length; 5024 int _arg_index; 5025 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5026 int _reset_on_ext; 5027 }; 5028 5029 int 5030 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5031 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5032 int max_length, 5033 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5034 5035 int 5036 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5037 5038 5039 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5040 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5041 5042 /** 5043 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5044 * 5045 * @skb: the frame 5046 * 5047 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5048 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5049 * 5050 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5051 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5052 * 802.11 header. 5053 */ 5054 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5055 5056 /** 5057 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5058 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5059 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5060 */ 5061 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5062 5063 /** 5064 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5065 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5066 * (first byte) will be accessed 5067 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5068 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5069 */ 5070 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5071 5072 /** 5073 * DOC: Data path helpers 5074 * 5075 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5076 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5077 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5078 */ 5079 5080 /** 5081 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5082 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5083 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5084 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5085 * @addr: the device MAC address 5086 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5087 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5088 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5089 */ 5090 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5091 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5092 u8 data_offset); 5093 5094 /** 5095 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5096 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5097 * @addr: the device MAC address 5098 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5099 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5100 */ 5101 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5102 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5103 { 5104 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5105 } 5106 5107 /** 5108 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5109 * 5110 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5111 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5112 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5113 * 5114 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5115 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5116 * initialized by by the caller. 5117 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5118 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5119 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5120 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5121 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5122 */ 5123 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5124 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5125 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5126 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5127 5128 /** 5129 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5130 * @skb: the data frame 5131 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5132 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5133 */ 5134 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5135 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5136 5137 /** 5138 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5139 * 5140 * @eid: element ID 5141 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5142 * @len: length of data 5143 * @match: byte array to match 5144 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5145 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5146 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5147 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5148 * the data portion instead. 5149 * 5150 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5151 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5152 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5153 * requested element struct. 5154 * 5155 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5156 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5157 * byte array to match. 5158 */ 5159 const struct element * 5160 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5161 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5162 unsigned int match_offset); 5163 5164 /** 5165 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5166 * 5167 * @eid: element ID 5168 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5169 * @len: length of data 5170 * @match: byte array to match 5171 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5172 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5173 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5174 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5175 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5176 * the second byte is the IE length. 5177 * 5178 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5179 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5180 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5181 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5182 * element ID. 5183 * 5184 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5185 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5186 * byte array to match. 5187 */ 5188 static inline const u8 * 5189 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5190 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5191 unsigned int match_offset) 5192 { 5193 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5194 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5195 */ 5196 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5197 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5198 return NULL; 5199 5200 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5201 match, match_len, 5202 match_offset ? 5203 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5204 } 5205 5206 /** 5207 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5208 * 5209 * @eid: element ID 5210 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5211 * @len: length of data 5212 * 5213 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5214 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5215 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5216 * requested element struct. 5217 * 5218 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5219 * having to fit into the given data. 5220 */ 5221 static inline const struct element * 5222 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5223 { 5224 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5225 } 5226 5227 /** 5228 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5229 * 5230 * @eid: element ID 5231 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5232 * @len: length of data 5233 * 5234 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5235 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5236 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5237 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5238 * 5239 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5240 * having to fit into the given data. 5241 */ 5242 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5243 { 5244 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5245 } 5246 5247 /** 5248 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5249 * 5250 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5251 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5252 * @len: length of data 5253 * 5254 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5255 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5256 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5257 * requested element struct. 5258 * 5259 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5260 * having to fit into the given data. 5261 */ 5262 static inline const struct element * 5263 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5264 { 5265 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5266 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5267 } 5268 5269 /** 5270 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5271 * 5272 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5273 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5274 * @len: length of data 5275 * 5276 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5277 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5278 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5279 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5280 * 5281 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5282 * having to fit into the given data. 5283 */ 5284 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5285 { 5286 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5287 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5288 } 5289 5290 /** 5291 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5292 * 5293 * @oui: vendor OUI 5294 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5295 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5296 * @len: length of data 5297 * 5298 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5299 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5300 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5301 * 5302 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5303 * the given data. 5304 */ 5305 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5306 const u8 *ies, 5307 unsigned int len); 5308 5309 /** 5310 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5311 * 5312 * @oui: vendor OUI 5313 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5314 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5315 * @len: length of data 5316 * 5317 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5318 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5319 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5320 * element ID. 5321 * 5322 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5323 * the given data. 5324 */ 5325 static inline const u8 * 5326 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5327 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5328 { 5329 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5330 } 5331 5332 /** 5333 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5334 * 5335 * @dev: network device 5336 * @addr: STA MAC address 5337 * 5338 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5339 * devices upon STA association. 5340 */ 5341 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5342 5343 /** 5344 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5345 * 5346 * TODO 5347 */ 5348 5349 /** 5350 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5351 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5352 * conflicts) 5353 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5354 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5355 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5356 * alpha2. 5357 * 5358 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5359 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5360 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5361 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5362 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5363 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5364 * 5365 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5366 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5367 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5368 * 5369 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5370 * an -ENOMEM. 5371 * 5372 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5373 */ 5374 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5375 5376 /** 5377 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5378 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5379 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5380 * 5381 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5382 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5383 * information. 5384 * 5385 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5386 */ 5387 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5388 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5389 5390 /** 5391 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5392 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5393 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5394 * 5395 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5396 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5397 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5398 * 5399 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5400 */ 5401 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5402 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5403 5404 /** 5405 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5406 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5407 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5408 * 5409 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5410 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5411 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5412 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5413 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5414 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5415 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5416 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5417 * that called this helper. 5418 */ 5419 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5420 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5421 5422 /** 5423 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5424 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5425 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5426 * 5427 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5428 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5429 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5430 * and processed already. 5431 * 5432 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5433 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5434 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5435 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5436 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5437 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5438 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5439 */ 5440 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5441 u32 center_freq); 5442 5443 /** 5444 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5445 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5446 * 5447 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5448 * proper string representation. 5449 */ 5450 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5451 5452 /** 5453 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5454 * 5455 */ 5456 5457 /** 5458 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5459 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5460 * 5461 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5462 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5463 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5464 * 5465 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5466 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5467 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5468 * 5469 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5470 * an -ENODATA. 5471 * 5472 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5473 */ 5474 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5475 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5476 5477 /* 5478 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5479 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5480 */ 5481 5482 /** 5483 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5484 * 5485 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5486 * @info: information about the completed scan 5487 */ 5488 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5489 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5490 5491 /** 5492 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5493 * 5494 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5495 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5496 */ 5497 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5498 5499 /** 5500 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5501 * 5502 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5503 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5504 * 5505 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5506 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5507 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5508 */ 5509 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5510 5511 /** 5512 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5513 * 5514 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5515 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5516 * 5517 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5518 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5519 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5520 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5521 */ 5522 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5523 5524 /** 5525 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5526 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5527 * @data: the BSS metadata 5528 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5529 * @len: length of the management frame 5530 * @gfp: context flags 5531 * 5532 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5533 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5534 * 5535 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5536 * Or %NULL on error. 5537 */ 5538 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5539 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5540 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5541 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5542 gfp_t gfp); 5543 5544 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5545 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5546 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5547 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5548 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5549 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5550 { 5551 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5552 .chan = rx_channel, 5553 .scan_width = scan_width, 5554 .signal = signal, 5555 }; 5556 5557 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5558 } 5559 5560 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5561 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5562 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5563 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5564 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5565 { 5566 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5567 .chan = rx_channel, 5568 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5569 .signal = signal, 5570 }; 5571 5572 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5573 } 5574 5575 /** 5576 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5577 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5578 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5579 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5580 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5581 */ 5582 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5583 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5584 { 5585 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5586 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5587 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5588 5589 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5590 5591 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5592 5593 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5594 } 5595 5596 /** 5597 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 5598 * @element: element to check 5599 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 5600 */ 5601 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 5602 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 5603 5604 /** 5605 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 5606 * @ie: ies 5607 * @ielen: length of IEs 5608 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 5609 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 5610 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 5611 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 5612 */ 5613 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5614 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 5615 const struct element *sub_elem, 5616 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 5617 5618 /** 5619 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5620 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5621 * from a beacon or probe response 5622 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5623 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5624 */ 5625 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5626 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5627 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5628 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5629 }; 5630 5631 /** 5632 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5633 * 5634 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5635 * @data: the BSS metadata 5636 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5637 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5638 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5639 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5640 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5641 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5642 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5643 * @gfp: context flags 5644 * 5645 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5646 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5647 * 5648 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5649 * Or %NULL on error. 5650 */ 5651 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5652 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5653 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5654 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5655 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5656 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5657 gfp_t gfp); 5658 5659 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5660 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5661 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5662 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5663 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5664 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5665 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5666 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5667 { 5668 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5669 .chan = rx_channel, 5670 .scan_width = scan_width, 5671 .signal = signal, 5672 }; 5673 5674 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5675 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5676 gfp); 5677 } 5678 5679 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5680 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5681 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5682 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5683 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5684 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5685 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5686 { 5687 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5688 .chan = rx_channel, 5689 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5690 .signal = signal, 5691 }; 5692 5693 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5694 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5695 gfp); 5696 } 5697 5698 /** 5699 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5700 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5701 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5702 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5703 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5704 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5705 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5706 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5707 */ 5708 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5709 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5710 const u8 *bssid, 5711 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5712 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5713 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5714 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5715 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5716 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5717 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5718 { 5719 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5720 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5721 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5722 } 5723 5724 /** 5725 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5726 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5727 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5728 * 5729 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5730 */ 5731 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5732 5733 /** 5734 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5735 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5736 * @bss: the BSS struct 5737 * 5738 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5739 */ 5740 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5741 5742 /** 5743 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 5744 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5745 * @bss: the bss to remove 5746 * 5747 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 5748 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 5749 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 5750 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 5751 */ 5752 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5753 5754 /** 5755 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 5756 * 5757 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 5758 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 5759 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 5760 * 5761 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5762 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 5763 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 5764 * @iter: the iterator function to call 5765 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 5766 */ 5767 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5768 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 5769 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5770 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5771 void *data), 5772 void *iter_data); 5773 5774 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 5775 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 5776 { 5777 switch (chandef->width) { 5778 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5779 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 5780 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 5781 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 5782 default: 5783 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 5784 } 5785 } 5786 5787 /** 5788 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 5789 * @dev: network device 5790 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 5791 * @len: length of the frame data 5792 * 5793 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 5794 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 5795 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 5796 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5797 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5798 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5799 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 5800 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 5801 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 5802 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 5803 * 5804 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5805 */ 5806 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5807 5808 /** 5809 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 5810 * @dev: network device 5811 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 5812 * 5813 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 5814 * mutex. 5815 */ 5816 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5817 5818 /** 5819 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 5820 * @dev: network device 5821 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 5822 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 5823 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 5824 * @len: length of the frame data 5825 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 5826 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 5827 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 5828 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 5829 * 5830 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5831 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5832 * 5833 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5834 */ 5835 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 5836 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5837 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5838 int uapsd_queues, 5839 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 5840 5841 /** 5842 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 5843 * @dev: network device 5844 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 5845 * 5846 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5847 */ 5848 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5849 5850 /** 5851 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 5852 * @dev: network device 5853 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 5854 * 5855 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 5856 * an association attempt was abandoned. 5857 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5858 */ 5859 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5860 5861 /** 5862 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 5863 * @dev: network device 5864 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 5865 * @len: length of the frame data 5866 * 5867 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 5868 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 5869 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 5870 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 5871 */ 5872 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5873 5874 /** 5875 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 5876 * @dev: network device 5877 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 5878 * @len: length of the frame data 5879 * 5880 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 5881 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 5882 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 5883 */ 5884 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 5885 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5886 5887 /** 5888 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 5889 * @dev: network device 5890 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 5891 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 5892 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 5893 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 5894 * @gfp: allocation flags 5895 * 5896 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 5897 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 5898 * primitive. 5899 */ 5900 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 5901 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 5902 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 5903 5904 /** 5905 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 5906 * 5907 * @dev: network device 5908 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 5909 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 5910 * @gfp: allocation flags 5911 * 5912 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 5913 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 5914 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 5915 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 5916 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 5917 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 5918 */ 5919 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 5920 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 5921 5922 /** 5923 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 5924 * 5925 * @dev: network device 5926 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 5927 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 5928 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 5929 * @gfp: allocation flags 5930 * 5931 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 5932 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 5933 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 5934 */ 5935 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 5936 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 5937 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 5938 5939 /** 5940 * DOC: RFkill integration 5941 * 5942 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 5943 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 5944 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 5945 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 5946 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 5947 * 5948 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 5949 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 5950 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 5951 */ 5952 5953 /** 5954 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 5955 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5956 * @blocked: block status 5957 */ 5958 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 5959 5960 /** 5961 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 5962 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5963 */ 5964 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5965 5966 /** 5967 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 5968 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5969 */ 5970 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5971 5972 /** 5973 * DOC: Vendor commands 5974 * 5975 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 5976 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 5977 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 5978 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 5979 * the configuration mechanism. 5980 * 5981 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 5982 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 5983 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 5984 * 5985 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 5986 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 5987 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 5988 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 5989 * managers etc. need. 5990 */ 5991 5992 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5993 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 5994 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 5995 int approxlen); 5996 5997 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5998 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5999 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6000 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6001 unsigned int portid, 6002 int vendor_event_idx, 6003 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6004 6005 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6006 6007 /** 6008 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6009 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6010 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6011 * be put into the skb 6012 * 6013 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6014 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6015 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6016 * 6017 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6018 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6019 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6020 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6021 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6022 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6023 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6024 * 6025 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6026 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6027 * 6028 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6029 */ 6030 static inline struct sk_buff * 6031 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6032 { 6033 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6034 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6035 } 6036 6037 /** 6038 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6039 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6040 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6041 * 6042 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6043 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6044 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6045 * skb regardless of the return value. 6046 * 6047 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6048 */ 6049 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6050 6051 /** 6052 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6053 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6054 * 6055 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6056 * Valid to call only there. 6057 */ 6058 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6059 6060 /** 6061 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6062 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6063 * @wdev: the wireless device 6064 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6065 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6066 * be put into the skb 6067 * @gfp: allocation flags 6068 * 6069 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6070 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6071 * 6072 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6073 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6074 * attribute. 6075 * 6076 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6077 * skb to send the event. 6078 * 6079 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6080 */ 6081 static inline struct sk_buff * 6082 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6083 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6084 { 6085 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6086 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6087 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6088 } 6089 6090 /** 6091 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6092 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6093 * @wdev: the wireless device 6094 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6095 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6096 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6097 * be put into the skb 6098 * @gfp: allocation flags 6099 * 6100 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6101 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6102 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6103 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6104 * 6105 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6106 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6107 * attribute. 6108 * 6109 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6110 * skb to send the event. 6111 * 6112 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6113 */ 6114 static inline struct sk_buff * 6115 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6116 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6117 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6118 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6119 { 6120 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6121 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6122 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6123 } 6124 6125 /** 6126 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6127 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6128 * @gfp: allocation flags 6129 * 6130 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6131 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6132 */ 6133 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6134 { 6135 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6136 } 6137 6138 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6139 /** 6140 * DOC: Test mode 6141 * 6142 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6143 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6144 * factory programming. 6145 * 6146 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6147 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6148 */ 6149 6150 /** 6151 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6152 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6153 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6154 * be put into the skb 6155 * 6156 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6157 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6158 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6159 * 6160 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6161 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6162 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6163 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6164 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6165 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6166 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6167 * 6168 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6169 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6170 * 6171 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6172 */ 6173 static inline struct sk_buff * 6174 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6175 { 6176 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6177 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6178 } 6179 6180 /** 6181 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6182 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6183 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6184 * 6185 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6186 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6187 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6188 * regardless of the return value. 6189 * 6190 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6191 */ 6192 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6193 { 6194 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6195 } 6196 6197 /** 6198 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6199 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6200 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6201 * be put into the skb 6202 * @gfp: allocation flags 6203 * 6204 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6205 * testmode multicast group. 6206 * 6207 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6208 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6209 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6210 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6211 * in any other way. 6212 * 6213 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6214 * skb to send the event. 6215 * 6216 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6217 */ 6218 static inline struct sk_buff * 6219 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6220 { 6221 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6222 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6223 approxlen, gfp); 6224 } 6225 6226 /** 6227 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6228 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6229 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6230 * @gfp: allocation flags 6231 * 6232 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6233 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6234 * consumes it. 6235 */ 6236 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6237 { 6238 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6239 } 6240 6241 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6242 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6243 #else 6244 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6245 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6246 #endif 6247 6248 /** 6249 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6250 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6251 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6252 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6253 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6254 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6255 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6256 * status for a FILS connection. 6257 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6258 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6259 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6260 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6261 */ 6262 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6263 const u8 *kek; 6264 size_t kek_len; 6265 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6266 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6267 const u8 *pmk; 6268 size_t pmk_len; 6269 const u8 *pmkid; 6270 }; 6271 6272 /** 6273 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6274 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6275 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6276 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6277 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6278 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6279 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6280 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6281 * case. 6282 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6283 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6284 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6285 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6286 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6287 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6288 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6289 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6290 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6291 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6292 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6293 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6294 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6295 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6296 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6297 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6298 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6299 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6300 */ 6301 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6302 int status; 6303 const u8 *bssid; 6304 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6305 const u8 *req_ie; 6306 size_t req_ie_len; 6307 const u8 *resp_ie; 6308 size_t resp_ie_len; 6309 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6310 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6311 }; 6312 6313 /** 6314 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6315 * 6316 * @dev: network device 6317 * @params: connection response parameters 6318 * @gfp: allocation flags 6319 * 6320 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6321 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6322 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6323 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6324 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6325 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6326 */ 6327 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6328 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6329 gfp_t gfp); 6330 6331 /** 6332 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6333 * 6334 * @dev: network device 6335 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6336 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6337 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6338 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6339 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6340 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6341 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6342 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6343 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6344 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6345 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6346 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6347 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6348 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6349 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6350 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6351 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6352 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6353 * case. 6354 * @gfp: allocation flags 6355 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6356 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6357 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6358 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6359 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6360 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6361 * 6362 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6363 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6364 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6365 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6366 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6367 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6368 */ 6369 static inline void 6370 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6371 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6372 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6373 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6374 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6375 { 6376 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6377 6378 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6379 params.status = status; 6380 params.bssid = bssid; 6381 params.bss = bss; 6382 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6383 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6384 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6385 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6386 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6387 6388 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6389 } 6390 6391 /** 6392 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6393 * 6394 * @dev: network device 6395 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6396 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6397 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6398 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6399 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6400 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6401 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6402 * the real status code for failures. 6403 * @gfp: allocation flags 6404 * 6405 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6406 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6407 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6408 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6409 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6410 */ 6411 static inline void 6412 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6413 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6414 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6415 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6416 { 6417 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6418 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6419 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6420 } 6421 6422 /** 6423 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6424 * 6425 * @dev: network device 6426 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6427 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6428 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6429 * @gfp: allocation flags 6430 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6431 * 6432 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6433 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6434 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6435 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6436 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6437 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6438 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6439 */ 6440 static inline void 6441 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6442 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6443 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6444 { 6445 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6446 gfp, timeout_reason); 6447 } 6448 6449 /** 6450 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6451 * 6452 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6453 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6454 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6455 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6456 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6457 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6458 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6459 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6460 */ 6461 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6462 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6463 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6464 const u8 *bssid; 6465 const u8 *req_ie; 6466 size_t req_ie_len; 6467 const u8 *resp_ie; 6468 size_t resp_ie_len; 6469 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6470 }; 6471 6472 /** 6473 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6474 * 6475 * @dev: network device 6476 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6477 * @gfp: allocation flags 6478 * 6479 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6480 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6481 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6482 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6483 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6484 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6485 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6486 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6487 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6488 * released while diconneting from the current bss. 6489 */ 6490 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6491 gfp_t gfp); 6492 6493 /** 6494 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6495 * 6496 * @dev: network device 6497 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6498 * @gfp: allocation flags 6499 * 6500 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6501 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6502 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6503 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6504 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6505 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6506 */ 6507 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6508 gfp_t gfp); 6509 6510 /** 6511 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6512 * 6513 * @dev: network device 6514 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6515 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6516 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6517 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6518 * @gfp: allocation flags 6519 * 6520 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6521 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6522 */ 6523 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6524 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6525 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6526 6527 /** 6528 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6529 * @wdev: wireless device 6530 * @cookie: the request cookie 6531 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6532 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6533 * channel 6534 * @gfp: allocation flags 6535 */ 6536 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6537 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6538 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6539 6540 /** 6541 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6542 * @wdev: wireless device 6543 * @cookie: the request cookie 6544 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6545 * @gfp: allocation flags 6546 */ 6547 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6548 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6549 gfp_t gfp); 6550 6551 /** 6552 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 6553 * @wdev: wireless device 6554 * @cookie: the requested cookie 6555 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 6556 * @gfp: allocation flags 6557 */ 6558 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6559 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 6560 6561 /** 6562 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6563 * 6564 * @sinfo: the station information 6565 * @gfp: allocation flags 6566 */ 6567 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6568 6569 /** 6570 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6571 * @sinfo: the station information 6572 * 6573 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6574 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6575 * the stack.) 6576 */ 6577 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6578 { 6579 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6580 } 6581 6582 /** 6583 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6584 * 6585 * @dev: the netdev 6586 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6587 * @sinfo: the station information 6588 * @gfp: allocation flags 6589 */ 6590 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6591 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6592 6593 /** 6594 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6595 * @dev: the netdev 6596 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6597 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6598 * @gfp: allocation flags 6599 */ 6600 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6601 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6602 6603 /** 6604 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6605 * 6606 * @dev: the netdev 6607 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6608 * @gfp: allocation flags 6609 */ 6610 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6611 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6612 { 6613 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6614 } 6615 6616 /** 6617 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6618 * 6619 * @dev: the netdev 6620 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6621 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6622 * @gfp: allocation flags 6623 * 6624 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6625 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6626 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6627 * 6628 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6629 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6630 */ 6631 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6632 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6633 gfp_t gfp); 6634 6635 /** 6636 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6637 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6638 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6639 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6640 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6641 * @len: length of the frame data 6642 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6643 * 6644 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6645 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6646 * 6647 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6648 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6649 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6650 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6651 */ 6652 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6653 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6654 6655 /** 6656 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6657 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6658 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6659 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6660 * @len: length of the frame data 6661 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6662 * @gfp: context flags 6663 * 6664 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6665 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6666 * transmission attempt. 6667 */ 6668 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6669 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6670 6671 6672 /** 6673 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6674 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6675 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6676 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6677 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6678 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6679 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6680 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6681 * 6682 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6683 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6684 * control port frames over nl80211. 6685 * 6686 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6687 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6688 * 6689 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6690 */ 6691 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6692 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6693 6694 /** 6695 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6696 * @dev: network device 6697 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6698 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6699 * @gfp: context flags 6700 * 6701 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6702 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6703 */ 6704 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6705 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6706 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6707 6708 /** 6709 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6710 * @dev: network device 6711 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6712 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6713 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6714 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6715 * @gfp: context flags 6716 */ 6717 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6718 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6719 6720 /** 6721 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6722 * @dev: network device 6723 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6724 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6725 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6726 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6727 * @gfp: context flags 6728 * 6729 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6730 * given interval is exceeded. 6731 */ 6732 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6733 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6734 6735 /** 6736 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6737 * @dev: network device 6738 * @gfp: context flags 6739 * 6740 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 6741 */ 6742 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 6743 6744 /** 6745 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 6746 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6747 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6748 * @gfp: context flags 6749 * 6750 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 6751 */ 6752 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6753 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 6754 6755 /** 6756 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 6757 * @dev: network device 6758 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 6759 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 6760 * @gfp: context flags 6761 * 6762 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 6763 * frame. 6764 */ 6765 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 6766 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 6767 gfp_t gfp); 6768 6769 /** 6770 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 6771 * @netdev: network device 6772 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6773 * @event: type of event 6774 * @gfp: context flags 6775 * 6776 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 6777 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 6778 * also by full-MAC drivers. 6779 */ 6780 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6781 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6782 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 6783 6784 6785 /** 6786 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 6787 * @dev: network device 6788 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 6789 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 6790 * @gfp: allocation flags 6791 */ 6792 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6793 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 6794 6795 /** 6796 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 6797 * @dev: network device 6798 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 6799 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 6800 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 6801 * @gfp: allocation flags 6802 */ 6803 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 6804 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 6805 6806 /** 6807 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 6808 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6809 * @addr: the transmitter address 6810 * @gfp: context flags 6811 * 6812 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6813 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 6814 * sender. 6815 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6816 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6817 */ 6818 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6819 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6820 6821 /** 6822 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 6823 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6824 * @addr: the transmitter address 6825 * @gfp: context flags 6826 * 6827 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6828 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 6829 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 6830 * station to avoid event flooding. 6831 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6832 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6833 */ 6834 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6835 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6836 6837 /** 6838 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 6839 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 6840 * @addr: the address of the peer 6841 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 6842 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 6843 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 6844 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 6845 * @gfp: allocation flags 6846 */ 6847 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6848 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 6849 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 6850 6851 /** 6852 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 6853 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 6854 * @frame: the frame 6855 * @len: length of the frame 6856 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 6857 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6858 * 6859 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 6860 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 6861 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 6862 */ 6863 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6864 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 6865 int freq, int sig_dbm); 6866 6867 /** 6868 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 6869 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6870 * @chandef: the channel definition 6871 * @iftype: interface type 6872 * 6873 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6874 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 6875 */ 6876 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6877 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6878 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6879 6880 /** 6881 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 6882 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6883 * @chandef: the channel definition 6884 * @iftype: interface type 6885 * 6886 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6887 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 6888 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 6889 * more permissive conditions. 6890 * 6891 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6892 */ 6893 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6894 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6895 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6896 6897 /* 6898 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 6899 * @dev: the device which switched channels 6900 * @chandef: the new channel definition 6901 * 6902 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 6903 * driver context! 6904 */ 6905 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6906 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 6907 6908 /* 6909 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 6910 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 6911 * @chandef: the future channel definition 6912 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 6913 * 6914 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 6915 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 6916 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 6917 */ 6918 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6919 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6920 u8 count); 6921 6922 /** 6923 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 6924 * 6925 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 6926 * @band: band pointer to fill 6927 * 6928 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 6929 */ 6930 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 6931 enum nl80211_band *band); 6932 6933 /** 6934 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 6935 * 6936 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 6937 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 6938 * 6939 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 6940 */ 6941 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6942 u8 *op_class); 6943 6944 /* 6945 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 6946 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 6947 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 6948 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 6949 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 6950 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 6951 * @gfp: allocation flags 6952 * 6953 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 6954 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 6955 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 6956 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 6957 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 6958 */ 6959 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6960 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 6961 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 6962 6963 /* 6964 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 6965 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 6966 * 6967 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 6968 */ 6969 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 6970 6971 /** 6972 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 6973 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 6974 * 6975 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 6976 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 6977 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 6978 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 6979 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 6980 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 6981 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 6982 * 6983 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6984 */ 6985 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 6986 6987 /** 6988 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 6989 * @ies: FT IEs 6990 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 6991 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 6992 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 6993 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 6994 */ 6995 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 6996 const u8 *ies; 6997 size_t ies_len; 6998 const u8 *target_ap; 6999 const u8 *ric_ies; 7000 size_t ric_ies_len; 7001 }; 7002 7003 /** 7004 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7005 * @netdev: network device 7006 * @ft_event: IE information 7007 */ 7008 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7009 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7010 7011 /** 7012 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7013 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7014 * @len: the input length 7015 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7016 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7017 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7018 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7019 * 7020 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7021 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7022 * 7023 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7024 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7025 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7026 */ 7027 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7028 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7029 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7030 7031 /** 7032 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7033 * @ies: the IE buffer 7034 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7035 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7036 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7037 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7038 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7039 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7040 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7041 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7042 * 7043 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7044 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7045 * split. 7046 * 7047 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7048 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7049 * 7050 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7051 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7052 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7053 * 7054 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7055 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7056 * of the buffer should be used. 7057 */ 7058 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7059 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7060 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7061 size_t offset); 7062 7063 /** 7064 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7065 * @ies: the IE buffer 7066 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7067 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7068 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7069 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7070 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7071 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7072 * 7073 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7074 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7075 * split. 7076 * 7077 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7078 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7079 * 7080 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7081 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7082 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7083 * 7084 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7085 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7086 * of the buffer should be used. 7087 */ 7088 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7089 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7090 { 7091 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7092 } 7093 7094 /** 7095 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7096 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7097 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7098 * @gfp: allocation flags 7099 * 7100 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7101 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7102 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7103 * else caused the wakeup. 7104 */ 7105 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7106 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7107 gfp_t gfp); 7108 7109 /** 7110 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7111 * 7112 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7113 * @gfp: allocation flags 7114 * 7115 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7116 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7117 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7118 */ 7119 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7120 7121 /** 7122 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7123 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7124 * 7125 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7126 */ 7127 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7128 7129 /** 7130 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7131 * 7132 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7133 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7134 * 7135 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7136 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7137 * the interface combinations. 7138 */ 7139 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7140 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7141 7142 /** 7143 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7144 * 7145 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7146 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7147 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7148 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7149 * 7150 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7151 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7152 * purposes. 7153 */ 7154 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7155 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7156 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7157 void *data), 7158 void *data); 7159 7160 /* 7161 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7162 * 7163 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7164 * @wdev: wireless device 7165 * @gfp: context flags 7166 * 7167 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7168 * disconnected. 7169 * 7170 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7171 */ 7172 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7173 gfp_t gfp); 7174 7175 /** 7176 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7177 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7178 * 7179 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7180 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7181 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7182 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7183 * 7184 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7185 * the driver while the function is running. 7186 */ 7187 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7188 7189 /** 7190 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7191 * 7192 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7193 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7194 * 7195 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7196 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7197 */ 7198 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7199 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7200 { 7201 u8 *ft_byte; 7202 7203 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7204 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7205 } 7206 7207 /** 7208 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7209 * 7210 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7211 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7212 * 7213 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7214 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7215 */ 7216 static inline bool 7217 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7218 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7219 { 7220 u8 ft_byte; 7221 7222 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7223 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7224 } 7225 7226 /** 7227 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7228 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7229 * 7230 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7231 */ 7232 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7233 7234 /** 7235 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7236 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7237 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7238 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7239 * result. 7240 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7241 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7242 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7243 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7244 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7245 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7246 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7247 */ 7248 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7249 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7250 u8 inst_id; 7251 u8 peer_inst_id; 7252 const u8 *addr; 7253 u8 info_len; 7254 const u8 *info; 7255 u64 cookie; 7256 }; 7257 7258 /** 7259 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7260 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7261 * @match: match notification parameters 7262 * @gfp: allocation flags 7263 * 7264 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7265 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7266 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7267 */ 7268 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7269 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7270 7271 /** 7272 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7273 * 7274 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7275 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7276 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7277 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7278 * @gfp: allocation flags 7279 * 7280 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7281 */ 7282 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7283 u8 inst_id, 7284 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7285 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7286 7287 /* ethtool helper */ 7288 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7289 7290 /** 7291 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7292 * @netdev: network device 7293 * @params: External authentication parameters 7294 * @gfp: allocation flags 7295 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7296 */ 7297 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7298 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7299 gfp_t gfp); 7300 7301 /** 7302 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7303 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7304 * @req: the original measurement request 7305 * @result: the result data 7306 * @gfp: allocation flags 7307 */ 7308 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7309 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7310 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7311 gfp_t gfp); 7312 7313 /** 7314 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7315 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7316 * @req: the original measurement request 7317 * @gfp: allocation flags 7318 * 7319 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7320 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7321 */ 7322 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7323 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7324 gfp_t gfp); 7325 7326 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7327 7328 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7329 7330 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7331 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7332 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7333 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7334 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7335 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7336 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7337 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7338 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7339 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7340 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7341 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7342 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7343 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7344 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7345 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7346 7347 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7348 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7349 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7350 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7351 7352 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7353 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7354 7355 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7356 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7357 7358 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7359 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7360 #else 7361 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7362 ({ \ 7363 if (0) \ 7364 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7365 0; \ 7366 }) 7367 #endif 7368 7369 /* 7370 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7371 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7372 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7373 */ 7374 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7375 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7376 7377 /** 7378 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7379 * @netdev: network device 7380 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7381 * @gfp: allocation flags 7382 */ 7383 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7384 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7385 gfp_t gfp); 7386 7387 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7388